Behold, a day of the LORD is coming when your plunder will be divided in your presence.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הִנֵּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     Behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         Behold , 
    
 
        
            יֽוֹם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֽוֹם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm-
                
                
                     a day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm-
         a day 
    
 
        
            לַֽיהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽיהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            בָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā
                
                
                     is coming 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā
         is coming 
    
 
        
            שְׁלָלֵ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלָלֵ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lā·lêḵ
                
                
                     when your plunder 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7998 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prey, plunder, spoil, booty <BR> 1a) prey <BR> 1b) booty, spoil, plunder (of war) <BR> 1c) plunder (private) <BR> 1d) gain (meaning dubious) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lā·lêḵ
         when your plunder 
    
 
        
            וְחֻלַּ֥ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֻלַּ֥ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥul·laq
                
                
                     will be divided 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Pual - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, share, plunder, allot, apportion, assign <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to divide, apportion <BR> 1a2) to assign, distribute <BR> 1a3) to assign, impart <BR> 1a4) to share <BR> 1a5) to divide up, plunder <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to divide oneself <BR> 1b2) to be divided <BR> 1b3) to assign, distribute <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to divide, apportion <BR> 1c2) to assign, distribute <BR> 1c3) to scatter <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be divided <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to receive a portion or part <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to divide among themselves <BR> 2) to be smooth, slippery, deceitful <BR> 2a) (Qal) to be smooth, slippery <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) <BR> 2b1) to be smooth <BR> 2b2) to flatter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥul·laq
         will be divided 
    
 
        
            בְּקִרְבֵּֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּקִרְבֵּֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·qir·bêḵ
                
                
                     in your presence . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, among, inner part, middle <BR> 1a) inward part <BR> 1a1) physical sense <BR> 1a2) as seat of thought and emotion <BR> 1a3) as faculty of thought and emotion <BR> 1b) in the midst, among, from among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1c) entrails (of sacrificial animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·qir·bêḵ
         in your presence . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For I will gather all the nations for battle against Jerusalem, and the city will be captured, the houses looted, and the women ravished. Half of the city will go into exile, but the rest of the people will not be removed from the city.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאָסַפְתִּ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָסַפְתִּ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·sap̄·tî
                
                
                     For I will gather 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        622 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, receive, remove, gather in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to gather, collect <BR> 1a2) to gather (an individual into company of others) <BR> 1a3) to bring up the rear <BR> 1a4) to gather and take away, remove, withdraw <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to assemble, be gathered <BR> 1b2) (pass of Qal 1a2) <BR> 1b2a) to be gathered to one's fathers <BR> 1b2b) to be brought in or into (association with others) <BR> 1b3) (pass of Qal 1a4) <BR> 1b3a) to be taken away, removed, perish <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to gather (harvest) <BR> 1c2) to take in, receive into <BR> 1c3) rearguard, rearward (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be gathered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to gather oneself or themselves 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·sap̄·tî
         For I will gather 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֥ם׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֥ם׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         the nations 
    
 
        
            לַמִּלְחָמָה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמִּלְחָמָה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     for battle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·mil·ḥā·māh
         for battle 
    
 
        
            אֶֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         against 
    
 
        
            יְרוּשָׁלִַם֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרוּשָׁלִַם֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         Jerusalem , 
    
 
        
            הָעִ֗יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעִ֗יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘îr
                
                
                     and the city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘îr
         and the city 
    
 
        
            וְנִלְכְּדָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִלְכְּדָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nil·kə·ḏāh
                
                
                     will be captured , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to capture, take, seize <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to capture, seize <BR> 1a2) to capture (of men) (fig.)<BR> 1a3) to take (by lot) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be caught (of men in trap, snare) (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to grasp each other 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nil·kə·ḏāh
         will be captured , 
    
 
        
            הַבָּ֣תִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּ֣תִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bāt·tîm
                
                
                     the houses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bāt·tîm
         the houses 
    
 
        
            וְנָשַׁ֙סּוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָשַׁ֙סּוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·šas·sū
                
                
                     looted , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8155 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to plunder, spoil <BR> 1a) (Qal) to plunder <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be plundered, be rifled 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·šas·sū
         looted , 
    
 
        
            וְהַנָּשִׁ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַנָּשִׁ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·han·nā·šîm
                
                
                     and the women 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        802 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) woman, wife, female <BR> 1a) woman (opposite of man) <BR> 1b) wife (woman married to a man)<BR> 1c) female (of animals) <BR> 1d) each, every (pronoun) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·han·nā·šîm
         and the women 
    
 
        
            תִּשָּׁגַלְנָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּשָּׁגַלְנָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiš·šå̄·ḡal·nå̄h
                
                
                     ravished . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7693 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to violate, ravish <BR> 1a) (Qal) to violate, ravish <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be ravished <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be ravished 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiš·šå̄·ḡal·nå̄h
         ravished . 
    
 
        
            חֲצִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲצִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     Half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ṣî
         Half 
    
 
        
            הָעִיר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעִיר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘îr
                
                
                     of the city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘îr
         of the city 
    
 
        
            וְיָצָ֞א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָצָ֞א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ṣā
                
                
                     will go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ṣā
         will go 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹלָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹלָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·lāh
                
                
                     into exile , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1473 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) exiles, exile, captivity <BR> 1a) exiles (coll) <BR> 1b) exile, captivity (abstract) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·lāh
         into exile , 
    
 
        
            וְיֶ֣תֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֶ֣תֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ye·ṯer
                
                
                     but the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) remainder, excess, rest, remnant, excellence <BR> 1a) remainder, remnant <BR> 1b) remainder, rest, other part <BR> 1c) excess <BR> 1d) abundantly (adv) <BR> 1e) abundance, affluence <BR> 1f) superiority, excellency 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ye·ṯer
         but the rest 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     of the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         of the people 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         will not 
    
 
        
            יִכָּרֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִכָּרֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yik·kā·rêṯ
                
                
                     be removed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut off, cut down, cut off a body part, cut out, eliminate, kill, cut a covenant <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut off <BR> 1a1a) to cut off a body part, behead <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to hew <BR> 1a4) to cut or make a covenant <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off <BR> 1b2) to be cut down <BR> 1b3) to be chewed <BR> 1b4) to be cut off, fail <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be cut off <BR> 1c2) to be cut down <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cut off <BR> 1d2) to cut off, destroy <BR> 1d3) to cut down, destroy <BR> 1d4) to take away <BR> 1d5) to permit to perish <BR> 1e) (Hophal) cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yik·kā·rêṯ
         be removed 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הָעִֽיר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעִֽיר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘îr
                
                
                     the city . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘îr
         the city . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the LORD will go out to fight against those nations, as He fights in the day of battle.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            וְיָצָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָצָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ṣā
                
                
                     will go out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ṣā
         will go out 
    
 
        
            וְנִלְחַ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִלְחַ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nil·ḥam
                
                
                     to fight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3898 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fight, do battle, make war <BR> 1a) (Qal) to fight, do battle <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to engage in battle, wage war <BR> 2) (Qal) to eat, use as food 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nil·ḥam
         to fight 
    
 
        
            הָהֵ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָהֵ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·hêm
                
                
                     against those 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·hêm
         against those 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹיִ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹיִ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     nations , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·yim
         nations , 
    
 
        
            הִֽלָּחֲמ֖ו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִֽלָּחֲמ֖ו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hil·lå̄·ḥă·mw
                
                
                     as He fights 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3898 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fight, do battle, make war <BR> 1a) (Qal) to fight, do battle <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to engage in battle, wage war <BR> 2) (Qal) to eat, use as food 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hil·lå̄·ḥă·mw
         as He fights 
    
 
        
            בְּי֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּי֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yō·wm
                
                
                     in the day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yō·wm
         in the day 
    
 
        
            כְּי֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּי֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·yō·wm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·yō·wm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קְרָֽב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְרָֽב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·rāḇ
                
                
                     of battle . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7128 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·rāḇ
         of battle . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On that day His feet will stand on the Mount of Olives, east of Jerusalem, and the Mount of Olives will be split in two from east to west, forming a great valley, with half the mountain moving to the north and half to the south.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַ֠הוּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֠הוּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     On that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         On that 
    
 
        
            בַּיּוֹם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּוֹם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm-
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm-
         day 
    
 
        
            רַגְלָ֣יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלָ֣יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lāw
                
                
                     His feet 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lāw
         His feet 
    
 
        
            וְעָמְד֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָמְד֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·mə·ḏū
                
                
                     will stand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·mə·ḏū
         will stand 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הַ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har
                
                
                     the Mount 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har
         the Mount 
    
 
        
            הַזֵּתִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֵּתִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zē·ṯīm
                
                
                     of Olives , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2132 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) olive, olive tree <BR> 1a) olive tree <BR> 1b) olives <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) mountain facing Jerusalem on the east side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zē·ṯīm
         of Olives , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         - 
    
 
        
            מִקֶּדֶם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקֶּדֶם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·qe·ḏem
                
                
                     east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6924 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) east, antiquity, front, that which is before, aforetime <BR> 1a) front, from the front or east, in front, mount of the East <BR> 1b) ancient time, aforetime, ancient, from of old, earliest time <BR> 1c) anciently, of old (adverb) <BR> 1d) beginning <BR> 1e) east <BR> adv <BR> 2) eastward, to or toward the East 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·qe·ḏem
         east 
    
 
        
            יְרוּשָׁלִַם֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרוּשָׁלִַם֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     of Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         of Jerusalem , 
    
 
        
            הַ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har
                
                
                     and the Mount 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har
         and the Mount 
    
 
        
            הַזֵּיתִ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֵּיתִ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zê·ṯîm
                
                
                     of Olives 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2132 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) olive, olive tree <BR> 1a) olive tree <BR> 1b) olives <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) mountain facing Jerusalem on the east side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zê·ṯîm
         of Olives 
    
 
        
            וְנִבְקַע֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִבְקַע֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niḇ·qa‘
                
                
                     will be split 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1234 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to split, cleave, break open, divide, break through, rip up, break up, tear <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cleave, cleave open <BR> 1a2) to break through, break into <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cleft, be rent open, be split open <BR> 1b2) to be broken into <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cleave, cut to pieces, rend open <BR> 1c2) to break through, break down <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be ripped open, be torn open <BR> 1d2) to be rent <BR> 1d3) to be broken into <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to break into <BR> 1e2) to break through <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be broken into <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) to burst (themselves) open, cleave asunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niḇ·qa‘
         will be split 
    
 
        
            מֵֽחֶצְיוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵֽחֶצְיוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·ḥeṣ·yōw
                
                
                     in two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·ḥeṣ·yōw
         in two 
    
 
        
            מִזְרָ֣חָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזְרָ֣חָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·rā·ḥāh
                
                
                     from east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of sunrise, east <BR> 1a) sunrise, east (with 'sun') <BR> 1b) the east (without 'sun') <BR> 1b1) to or toward the place of sunrise <BR> 1b2) to the east, eastward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·rā·ḥāh
         from east 
    
 
        
            וָיָ֔מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָיָ֔מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·yām·māh
                
                
                     to west , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·yām·māh
         to west , 
    
 
        
            גְּדוֹלָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּדוֹלָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḏō·w·lāh
                
                
                     forming a great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḏō·w·lāh
         forming a great 
    
 
        
            מְאֹ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            גֵּ֖יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵּ֖יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gê
                
                
                     valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1516 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, a steep valley, narrow gorge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gê
         valley , 
    
 
        
            חֲצִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲצִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     with half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ṣî
         with half 
    
 
        
            הָהָ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָהָ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·hār
                
                
                     the mountain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·hār
         the mountain 
    
 
        
            וּמָ֨שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָ֨שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·māš
                
                
                     moving 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4185 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to depart, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to depart <BR> 1a2) to remove <BR> 1a3) to be removed (of inanimate objects) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to remove, depart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·māš
         moving 
    
 
        
            צָפ֖וֹנָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָפ֖וֹנָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·p̄ō·w·nāh
                
                
                     to the north 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6828 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) north (of direction), northward <BR> 1a) north <BR> 1b) northward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·p̄ō·w·nāh
         to the north 
    
 
        
            וְחֶצְיוֹ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶצְיוֹ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥeṣ·yōw-
                
                
                     and half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥeṣ·yōw-
         and half 
    
 
        
            נֶֽגְבָּה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶֽגְבָּה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    neḡ·bāh
                
                
                     to the south . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) south-country, Nekeb, south <BR> 1a) south-country <BR> 1a1) region of southern Judah, boundaries not specific <BR> 1b) south 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        neḡ·bāh
         to the south . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You will flee by My mountain valley, for it will extend to Azal. You will flee as you fled from the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah. Then the LORD my God will come, and all the holy ones with Him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנַסְתֶּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנַסְתֶּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nas·tem
                
                
                     You will flee 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to flee, escape <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to flee<BR> 1a2) to escape <BR> 1a3) to take flight, m depart, disappear <BR> 1a4) to fly (to the attack) on horseback <BR> 1b) (Polel) to drive at <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to take flight <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to put to flight <BR> 1d2) to drive hastily <BR> 1d3) to cause to disappear, hide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nas·tem
         You will flee 
    
 
        
            הָרַ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרַ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ray
                
                
                     by My mountain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ray
         by My mountain 
    
 
        
            גֵּֽיא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵּֽיא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gê-
                
                
                     valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1516 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, a steep valley, narrow gorge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gê-
         valley , 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         for 
    
 
        
            גֵּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gê-
                
                
                     [it] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1516 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, a steep valley, narrow gorge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gê-
         [it] 
    
 
        
            הָרִים֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרִים֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יַגִּ֣יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַגִּ֣יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yag·gî·a‘
                
                
                     will extend 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5060 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to touch, reach, strike <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to touch <BR> 1a2) to strike <BR> 1a3) to reach, extend to <BR> 1a4) to be stricken <BR> 1a4a) stricken (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stricken, be defeated <BR> 1c) (Piel) to strike <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be stricken (by disease) <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to touch, reach, approach, arrive <BR> 1e1) to cause to touch, apply <BR> 1e2) to reach, extend, attain, arrive, come <BR> 1e3) to approach (of time) <BR> 1e4) to befall (of fate) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yag·gî·a‘
         will extend 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            אָצַל֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָצַל֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ṣal
                
                
                     Azal . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        682 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Azal = |proximity: he has reserved|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a place near Jerusalem, site presently unknown <BR> Azel = |reserved| <BR> n pr m (CLBL) <BR> 2) a Benjamite descendant of Saul and Jonathan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ṣal
         Azal . 
    
 
        
            וְנַסְתֶּ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנַסְתֶּ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nas·tem
                
                
                     You will flee 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to flee, escape <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to flee<BR> 1a2) to escape <BR> 1a3) to take flight, m depart, disappear <BR> 1a4) to fly (to the attack) on horseback <BR> 1b) (Polel) to drive at <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to take flight <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to put to flight <BR> 1d2) to drive hastily <BR> 1d3) to cause to disappear, hide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nas·tem
         You will flee 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            נַסְתֶּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַסְתֶּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nas·tem
                
                
                     you fled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to flee, escape <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to flee<BR> 1a2) to escape <BR> 1a3) to take flight, m depart, disappear <BR> 1a4) to fly (to the attack) on horseback <BR> 1b) (Polel) to drive at <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to take flight <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to put to flight <BR> 1d2) to drive hastily <BR> 1d3) to cause to disappear, hide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nas·tem
         you fled 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê
         from 
    
 
        
            הָרַ֔עַשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרַ֔עַשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ra·‘aš
                
                
                     the earthquake 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7494 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) quaking, rattling, shaking <BR> 1a) earthquake <BR> 1b) quaking, trembling (of person) <BR> 1c) shaking, quivering (of dart) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ra·‘aš
         the earthquake 
    
 
        
            בִּימֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּימֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî·mê
                
                
                     in the days 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî·mê
         in the days 
    
 
        
            עֻזִּיָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֻזִּיָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘uz·zî·yāh
                
                
                     of Uzziah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Uzziah = |my strength is Jehovah|<BR> 1) son of king Amaziah of Judah and king of Judah himself for 52 years; also 'Azariah' <BR> 2) a Kohathite Levite and ancestor of Samuel <BR> 3) a priest of the sons of Harim who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a Judaite, father of Athaiah or Uthai <BR> 5) father of Jehonathan, one of David's overseers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘uz·zî·yāh
         of Uzziah 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         king 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     of Judah . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         of Judah . 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hay
                
                
                     my God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hay
         my God 
    
 
        
            וּבָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā
                
                
                     will come , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā
         will come , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and all 
    
 
        
            קְדֹשִׁ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְדֹשִׁ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ḏō·šîm
                
                
                     the holy ones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6918 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacred, holy, Holy One, saint, set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ḏō·šîm
         the holy ones 
    
 
        
            עִמָּֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·māḵ
                
                
                     with Him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·māḵ
         with Him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On that day there will be no light, no cold or frost.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         - 
    
 
        
            הַה֑וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֑וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     On that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         On that 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     there will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         there will be 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         no 
    
 
        
            א֔וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
א֔וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·wr
                
                
                     light , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light <BR> 1a) light of day <BR> 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) <BR> 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light <BR> 1d) daylight <BR> 1e) lightning <BR> 1f) light of lamp <BR> 1g) light of life <BR> 1h) light of prosperity <BR> 1i) light of instruction <BR> 1j) light of face (fig.) <BR> 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·wr
         light , 
    
 
        
            יְקָר֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְקָר֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·qā·rō·wṯ
                
                
                     no cold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3368 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valuable, prized, weighty, precious, rare, splendid <BR> 1a) precious <BR> 1a1) costly <BR> 1a2) precious, highly valued <BR> 1a3) precious stones or jewels <BR> 1b) rare <BR> 1c) glorious, splendid <BR> 1d) weighty, influential 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·qā·rō·wṯ
         no cold 
    
 
        
            יִקְפְּאוּן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקְפְּאוּן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·pə·ʾūn
                
                
                     or frost . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7087 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to thicken, condense, congeal, settle, become dense <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be condensed <BR> 1a1) thickening (participle) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to curdle <BR> n m <BR> 2) congelation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·pə·ʾūn
         or frost . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            It will be a unique day known only to the LORD, without day or night; but when evening comes, there will be light.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     It will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         It will be 
    
 
        
            יוֹם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm-
                
                
                     a day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm-
         a day 
    
 
        
            יִוָּדַ֥ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִוָּדַ֥ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiw·wā·ḏa‘
                
                
                     known 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiw·wā·ḏa‘
         known 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֗ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֗ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     only 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         only 
    
 
        
            ה֛וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֛וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לַֽיהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽיהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     to the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         to the LORD , 
    
 
        
            לֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     without 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         without 
    
 
        
            י֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָ֑יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֑יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·yə·lāh
                
                
                     or night ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·yə·lāh
         or night ; 
    
 
        
            עֶ֖רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֖רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·reḇ
                
                
                     but when evening 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·reḇ
         but when evening 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh-
                
                
                     comes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh-
         comes , 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     there will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         there will be 
    
 
        
            לְעֵֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֵֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘êṯ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6256 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of an event) <BR> 1b) time (usual) <BR> 1c) experiences, fortunes <BR> 1d) occurrence, occasion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘êṯ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֽוֹר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֽוֹר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·wr
                
                
                     light . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light <BR> 1a) light of day <BR> 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) <BR> 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light <BR> 1d) daylight <BR> 1e) lightning <BR> 1f) light of lamp <BR> 1g) light of life <BR> 1h) light of prosperity <BR> 1i) light of instruction <BR> 1j) light of face (fig.) <BR> 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·wr
         light . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And on that day living water will flow out from Jerusalem, half of it toward the Eastern Sea and the other half toward the Western Sea, in summer and winter alike.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     toward 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         toward 
    
 
        
            הָאַחֲר֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאַחֲר֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’a·ḥă·rō·wn
                
                
                     the Western 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        314 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behind, following, subsequent, western <BR> 1a) behind, hindermost, western (of location) <BR> 1b) later, subsequent, latter, last (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’a·ḥă·rō·wn
         the Western 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     Sea , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         Sea , 
    
 
        
            בַּקַּ֥יִץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּקַּ֥יִץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baq·qa·yiṣ
                
                
                     in summer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7019 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) summer, summer-fruit <BR> 1a) summer <BR> 1b) summer-fruit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baq·qa·yiṣ
         in summer 
    
 
        
            וּבָחֹ֖רֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָחֹ֖רֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·ḥō·rep̄
                
                
                     and winter alike 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) harvest time, autumn <BR> 2) (CLBL) winter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·ḥō·rep̄
         and winter alike 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     And 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         And 
    
 
        
            הַה֗וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֗וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     on that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         on that 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            חַיִּים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיִּים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yîm
                
                
                     living 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yîm
         living 
    
 
        
            מַֽיִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַֽיִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·yim-
                
                
                     water 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·yim-
         water 
    
 
        
            יֵצְא֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵצְא֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·ṣə·’ū
                
                
                     will flow out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·ṣə·’ū
         will flow out 
    
 
        
            מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     from Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·rū·šā·lim
         from Jerusalem , 
    
 
        
            חֶצְיָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶצְיָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥeṣ·yām
                
                
                     half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥeṣ·yām
         half 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     of it toward 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         of it toward 
    
 
        
            הַקַּדְמוֹנִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקַּדְמוֹנִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qaḏ·mō·w·nî
                
                
                     the Eastern 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) former, ancient, eastern<BR> 1a) former, ancient <BR> 1b) eastern 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qaḏ·mō·w·nî
         the Eastern 
    
 
        
            הַיָּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     Sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         Sea 
    
 
        
            וְחֶצְיָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶצְיָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥeṣ·yām
                
                
                     and the other half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥeṣ·yām
         and the other half 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On that day the LORD will become King over all the earth—the LORD alone, and His name alone.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַה֗וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֗וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     On that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         On that 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     will become 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         will become 
    
 
        
            לְמֶ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me·leḵ
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me·leḵ
         King 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the earth — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the earth — 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     alone , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         alone , 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁמ֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁמ֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·mōw
                
                
                     and His name 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·mōw
         and His name 
    
 
        
            אֶחָֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     alone . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         alone . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            All the land from Geba to Rimmon south of Jerusalem will be turned into a plain, but Jerusalem will be raised up and will remain in her place, from the Benjamin Gate to the site of the First Gate to the Corner Gate, and from the Tower of Hananel to the royal winepresses.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     All 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         All 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֤רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֤רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            מִגֶּ֣בַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגֶּ֣בַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mig·ge·ḇa‘
                
                
                     from Geba 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gaba or Geba or Gibeah = |hill|<BR> 1) a city in Benjamin, modern 'Jeba', which stands on the top of a steep terraced hill, six miles or ten kilometres north east of Jerusalem and three miles or five kilometres from Gibeah, on the edge of the Wadi Suweinit looking northward to the opposite village of ancient Michmash, modern 'Mukhmas' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mig·ge·ḇa‘
         from Geba 
    
 
        
            לְרִמּ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְרִמּ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·rim·mō·wn
                
                
                     to Rimmon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7417 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Rimmon = |pomegranate| <BR> n pr dei <BR> 1) the deity of wind, rain, and storm, worshipped by the Syrians of Damascus <BR> n pr m <BR> 2) a Benjamite of Beeroth, the father of Rechab and Baanah, the murderers of Ishbosheth <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the Rock; a cliff or inaccessible natural fastness in which the 600 Benjamites who escaped the slaughter of Gibeah took refuge <BR> 4) a town in the southern portion of Judah allotted to Simeon <BR> 5) a Levitical city in Zebulun located approximately 6 miles north of Nazareth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·rim·mō·wn
         to Rimmon 
    
 
        
            נֶ֖גֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶ֖גֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ne·ḡeḇ
                
                
                     south 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) south-country, Nekeb, south <BR> 1a) south-country <BR> 1a1) region of southern Judah, boundaries not specific <BR> 1b) south 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ne·ḡeḇ
         south 
    
 
        
            יְרֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     of Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         of Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            יִסּ֨וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִסּ֨וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yis·sō·wḇ
                
                
                     will be turned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn, turn about or around or aside or back or towards, go about or around, surround, encircle, change direction <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn, turn about, be brought round, change <BR> 1a2) to march or walk around, go partly around, circle about, skirt, make a round, make a circuit, go about to, surround, encompass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to turn oneself, close round, turn round <BR> 1b2) to be turned over to <BR> 1c) (Piel) to turn about, change, transform <BR> 1d) (Poel) <BR> 1d1) to encompass, surround <BR> 1d2) to come about, assemble round <BR> 1d3) to march, go about <BR> 1d4) to enclose, envelop <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to turn, cause to turn, turn back, reverse, bring over, turn into, bring round <BR> 1e2) to cause to go around, surround, encompass <BR> 1f) (Hophal) <BR> 1f1) to be turned <BR> 1f2) to be surrounded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yis·sō·wḇ
         will be turned 
    
 
        
            כָּעֲרָבָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּעֲרָבָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·‘ă·rā·ḇāh
                
                
                     into a plain , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) desert plain, steppe, desert, wilderness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·‘ă·rā·ḇāh
         into a plain , 
    
 
        
            וְֽרָאֲמָה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְֽרָאֲמָה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rā·’ă·māh
                
                
                     but Jerusalem will be raised up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to rise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rā·’ă·māh
         but Jerusalem will be raised up 
    
 
        
            וְיָשְׁבָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָשְׁבָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šə·ḇāh
                
                
                     and will remain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šə·ḇāh
         and will remain 
    
 
        
            תַחְתֶּ֜יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַחְתֶּ֜יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯaḥ·te·hā
                
                
                     in her place , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯaḥ·te·hā
         in her place , 
    
 
        
            בִּנְיָמִ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּנְיָמִ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bin·yā·min
                
                
                     from the Benjamin 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Benjamin = |son of the right hand|<BR> 1) Jacob's and Rachel's youngest son, Joseph's full brother <BR> 2) son of Bilhan, great-grandson of Benjamin <BR> 3) a Benjamite, one of the sons of Harim, in the time of Ezra who had taken a strange wife <BR> 4) the tribe descended from Benjamin, the son of Jacob 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bin·yā·min
         from the Benjamin 
    
 
        
            לְמִשַּׁ֣עַר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשַּׁ֣עַר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·ša·‘ar
                
                
                     Gate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8179 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gate <BR> 1a) gate (of entrance) <BR> 1b) gate (of space inside gate, i.e. marketplace, public meeting place) <BR> 1b1) city, town <BR> 1c) gate (of palace, royal castle, temple, court of tabernacle) <BR> 1d) heaven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·ša·‘ar
         Gate 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            מְק֞וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְק֞וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·qō·wm
                
                
                     the site 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·qō·wm
         the site 
    
 
        
            הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ri·šō·wn
                
                
                     of the First 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ri·šō·wn
         of the First 
    
 
        
            שַׁ֤עַר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁ֤עַר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ša·‘ar
                
                
                     Gate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8179 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gate <BR> 1a) gate (of entrance) <BR> 1b) gate (of space inside gate, i.e. marketplace, public meeting place) <BR> 1b1) city, town <BR> 1c) gate (of palace, royal castle, temple, court of tabernacle) <BR> 1d) heaven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ša·‘ar
         Gate 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            הַפִּנִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפִּנִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pin·nîm
                
                
                     the Corner 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6434 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) corner <BR> 1a) corner (of square objects) <BR> 1b) corner (of ruler or chief-fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pin·nîm
         the Corner 
    
 
        
            שַׁ֣עַר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁ֣עַר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ša·‘ar
                
                
                     Gate , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8179 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gate <BR> 1a) gate (of entrance) <BR> 1b) gate (of space inside gate, i.e. marketplace, public meeting place) <BR> 1b1) city, town <BR> 1c) gate (of palace, royal castle, temple, court of tabernacle) <BR> 1d) heaven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ša·‘ar
         Gate , 
    
 
        
            וּמִגְדַּ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִגְדַּ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miḡ·dal
                
                
                     and from the Tower 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4026 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tower <BR> 1a) tower<BR> 1b) elevated stage, pulpit <BR> 1c) raised bed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miḡ·dal
         and from the Tower 
    
 
        
            חֲנַנְאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲנַנְאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·nan·’êl
                
                
                     of Hananel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hananeel = |God has favoured|<BR> 1) the name of a tower in Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·nan·’êl
         of Hananel 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         to 
    
 
        
            הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     the royal 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         the royal 
    
 
        
            יִקְבֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקְבֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·ḇê
                
                
                     winepresses . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3342 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wine vat, wine-press 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·ḇê
         winepresses . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            People will live there, and never again will there be an utter destruction. So Jerusalem will dwell securely.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְיָ֣שְׁבוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָ֣שְׁבוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šə·ḇū
                
                
                     People will live 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šə·ḇū
         People will live 
    
 
        
            בָ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇāh
                
                
                     there , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇāh
         there , 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     and never 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         and never 
    
 
        
            ע֑וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֑וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     again 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         again 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh-
                
                
                     will there be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh-
         will there be 
    
 
        
            וְחֵ֖רֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֵ֖רֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥê·rem
                
                
                     an [utter] destruction . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2764 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a thing devoted, thing dedicated, ban, devotion <BR> 2) a net, thing perforated <BR> 3) have been utterly destroyed, (appointed to) utter destruction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥê·rem
         an [utter] destruction . 
    
 
        
            יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     So Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         So Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            וְיָשְׁבָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָשְׁבָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šə·ḇāh
                
                
                     will dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šə·ḇāh
         will dwell 
    
 
        
            לָבֶֽטַח׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָבֶֽטַח׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḇe·ṭaḥ
                
                
                     securely . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        983 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) security, safety <BR> adv <BR> 2) securely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḇe·ṭaḥ
         securely . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And this will be the plague with which the LORD strikes all the peoples who have warred against Jerusalem: Their flesh will rot while they stand on their feet, their eyes will rot in their sockets, and their tongues will rot in their mouths.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְזֹ֣את׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזֹ֣את׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zōṯ
                
                
                     And this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zōṯ
         And this 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·yeh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·yeh
         will be 
    
 
        
            הַמַּגֵּפָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּגֵּפָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mag·gê·p̄āh
                
                
                     the plague 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blow, slaughter, plague, pestilence, strike, smite <BR> 1a) blow (fatal stroke) <BR> 1b) slaughter (of battle) <BR> 1c) plague, pestilence (divine judgment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mag·gê·p̄āh
         the plague 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     with which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         with which 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יִגֹּ֤ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִגֹּ֤ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yig·gōp̄
                
                
                     strikes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5062 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite <BR> 1a) (Qal) to strike, smite <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stricken, be smitten <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to stumble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yig·gōp̄
         strikes 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            הָ֣עַמִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֣עַמִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘am·mîm
                
                
                     the peoples 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘am·mîm
         the peoples 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            צָבְא֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָבְא֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·ḇə·’ū
                
                
                     have warred 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go forth, wage war, fight, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to wage war, fight, go forth to war <BR> 1a2) to serve (at sacred tent) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to go forth, muster 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·ḇə·’ū
         have warred 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     Jerusalem : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         Jerusalem : 
    
 
        
            בְּשָׂר֗וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשָׂר֗וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·śā·rōw
                
                
                     Their flesh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·śā·rōw
         Their flesh 
    
 
        
            הָמֵ֣ק׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָמֵ֣ק׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·mêq
                
                
                     will rot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Infinitive absolute 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4743 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decay, pine away, rot, fester <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to fester (of wounds) <BR> 1a2) to rot, rot away<BR> 1a3) to moulder away <BR> 1a4) to pine away <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to rot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·mêq
         will rot 
    
 
        
            וְהוּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū
                
                
                     while they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū
         while they 
    
 
        
            עֹמֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹמֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·mêḏ
                
                
                     stand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·mêḏ
         stand 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            רַגְלָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lāw
                
                
                     their feet , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lāw
         their feet , 
    
 
        
            וְעֵינָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעֵינָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ê·nāw
                
                
                     their eyes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - cdc | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ê·nāw
         their eyes 
    
 
        
            תִּמַּ֣קְנָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּמַּ֣קְנָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tim·maq·nāh
                
                
                     will rot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4743 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decay, pine away, rot, fester <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to fester (of wounds) <BR> 1a2) to rot, rot away<BR> 1a3) to moulder away <BR> 1a4) to pine away <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to rot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tim·maq·nāh
         will rot 
    
 
        
            בְחֹֽרֵיהֶ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְחֹֽרֵיהֶ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ḥō·rê·hen
                
                
                     in their sockets , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2356 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hole, cave 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ḥō·rê·hen
         in their sockets , 
    
 
        
            וּלְשׁוֹנ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְשׁוֹנ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·šō·w·nōw
                
                
                     and their tongues 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3956 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tongue <BR> 1a) tongue (of men) <BR> 1a1) tongue (literal) <BR> 1a2) tongue (organ of speech) <BR> 1b) language <BR> 1c) tongue (of animals) <BR> 1d) tongue (of fire) <BR> 1e) wedge, bay of sea (tongue-shaped) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·šō·w·nōw
         and their tongues 
    
 
        
            תִּמַּ֥ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּמַּ֥ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tim·maq
                
                
                     will rot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4743 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decay, pine away, rot, fester <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to fester (of wounds) <BR> 1a2) to rot, rot away<BR> 1a3) to moulder away <BR> 1a4) to pine away <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to rot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tim·maq
         will rot 
    
 
        
            בְּפִיהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּפִיהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·p̄î·hem
                
                
                     in their mouths . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·p̄î·hem
         in their mouths . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On that day a great panic from the LORD will come upon them, so that each will seize the hand of another, and the hand of one will rise against the other.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַה֔וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֔וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     On that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         On that 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·yeh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·yeh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            רַבָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rab·bāh
                
                
                     a great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rab·bāh
         a great 
    
 
        
            מְהֽוּמַת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהֽוּמַת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·hū·maṯ-
                
                
                     panic 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4103 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tumult, confusion, disquietude, discomfiture, destruction, trouble, vexed, vexation<BR> 1a) tumult, confusion, disturbance, turmoil, disquietude, panic <BR> 1b) discomfiture 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·hū·maṯ-
         panic 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     from the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         from the LORD 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     will come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         will come 
    
 
        
            בָּהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hem
                
                
                     upon them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hem
         upon them , 
    
 
        
            אִ֚ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֚ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     so that each 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         so that each 
    
 
        
            וְהֶחֱזִ֗יקוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֶחֱזִ֗יקוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·he·ḥĕ·zî·qū
                
                
                     will seize 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·he·ḥĕ·zî·qū
         will seize 
    
 
        
            יַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḏ
                
                
                     the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḏ
         the hand 
    
 
        
            רֵעֵ֔הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵעֵ֔הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·‘ê·hū
                
                
                     of another , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7453 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) friend, companion, fellow, another person <BR> 1a) friend, intimate <BR> 1b) fellow, fellow-citizen, another person (weaker sense) <BR> 1c) other, another (reciprocal phrase) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·‘ê·hū
         of another , 
    
 
        
            יָד֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָד֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏōw
                
                
                     and the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏōw
         and the hand 
    
 
        
            וְעָלְתָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָלְתָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·lə·ṯāh
                
                
                     of one will rise 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·lə·ṯāh
         of one will rise 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            יַ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            רֵעֵֽהוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵעֵֽהוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·‘ê·hū
                
                
                     the other . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7453 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) friend, companion, fellow, another person <BR> 1a) friend, intimate <BR> 1b) fellow, fellow-citizen, another person (weaker sense) <BR> 1c) other, another (reciprocal phrase) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·‘ê·hū
         the other . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Judah will also fight at Jerusalem, and the wealth of all the surrounding nations will be collected—gold, silver, and apparel in great abundance.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוּדָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         Judah 
    
 
        
            וְגַ֨ם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגַ֨ם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡam-
                
                
                     will also 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡam-
         will also 
    
 
        
            תִּלָּחֵ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּלָּחֵ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    til·lā·ḥêm
                
                
                     fight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3898 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fight, do battle, make war <BR> 1a) (Qal) to fight, do battle <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to engage in battle, wage war <BR> 2) (Qal) to eat, use as food 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        til·lā·ḥêm
         fight 
    
 
        
            בִּירֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּירֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     at Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî·rū·šā·lim
         at Jerusalem , 
    
 
        
            חֵ֨יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֨יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥêl
                
                
                     and the wealth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, might, efficiency, wealth, army <BR> 1a) strength <BR> 1b) ability, efficiency <BR> 1c) wealth <BR> 1d) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥêl
         and the wealth 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     of all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         of all 
    
 
        
            סָבִ֗יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִ֗יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     the surrounding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         the surrounding 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         nations 
    
 
        
            וְאֻסַּף֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֻסַּף֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’us·sap̄
                
                
                     will be collected — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Pual - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        622 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, receive, remove, gather in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to gather, collect <BR> 1a2) to gather (an individual into company of others) <BR> 1a3) to bring up the rear <BR> 1a4) to gather and take away, remove, withdraw <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to assemble, be gathered <BR> 1b2) (pass of Qal 1a2) <BR> 1b2a) to be gathered to one's fathers <BR> 1b2b) to be brought in or into (association with others) <BR> 1b3) (pass of Qal 1a4) <BR> 1b3a) to be taken away, removed, perish <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to gather (harvest) <BR> 1c2) to take in, receive into <BR> 1c3) rearguard, rearward (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be gathered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to gather oneself or themselves 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’us·sap̄
         will be collected — 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold , 
    
 
        
            וָכֶ֛סֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָכֶ֛סֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḵe·sep̄
                
                
                     silver , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver, money <BR> 1a) silver <BR> 1a1) as metal <BR> 1a2) as ornament <BR> 1a3) as colour <BR> 1b) money, shekels, talents 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḵe·sep̄
         silver , 
    
 
        
            וּבְגָדִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְגָדִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḡā·ḏîm
                
                
                     and apparel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḡā·ḏîm
         and apparel 
    
 
        
            לָרֹ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָרֹ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·rōḇ
                
                
                     in great abundance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7230 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) multitude, abundance, greatness<BR> 1a) multitude <BR> 1a1) abundance, abundantly <BR> 1a2) numerous <BR> 1b) greatness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·rōḇ
         in great abundance 
    
 
        
            מְאֹֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And a similar plague will strike the horses and mules, camels and donkeys, and all the animals in those camps.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכֵ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֵ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵên
                
                
                     And a similar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵên
         And a similar 
    
 
        
            מַגֵּפַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַגֵּפַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mag·gê·p̄aṯ
                
                
                     plague 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blow, slaughter, plague, pestilence, strike, smite <BR> 1a) blow (fatal stroke) <BR> 1b) slaughter (of battle) <BR> 1c) plague, pestilence (divine judgment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mag·gê·p̄aṯ
         plague 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·yeh
                
                
                     will strike 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·yeh
         will strike 
    
 
        
            הַסּ֗וּס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסּ֗וּס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·sūs
                
                
                     the horses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) swallow, swift <BR> 2) horse <BR> 2a) chariot horses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·sūs
         the horses 
    
 
        
            הַפֶּ֙רֶד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפֶּ֙רֶד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pe·reḏ
                
                
                     and mules , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mule 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pe·reḏ
         and mules , 
    
 
        
            הַגָּמָ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגָּמָ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gā·māl
                
                
                     camels 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1581 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) camel <BR> 1a) as property, as beast of burden, for riding, forbidden for food 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gā·māl
         camels 
    
 
        
            וְהַחֲמ֔וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַחֲמ֔וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ha·ḥă·mō·wr
                
                
                     and donkeys , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2543 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (he) ass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ha·ḥă·mō·wr
         and donkeys , 
    
 
        
            וְכָ֨ל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָ֨ל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            הַבְּהֵמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבְּהֵמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bə·hê·māh
                
                
                     the animals 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        929 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, cattle, animal <BR> 1a) beasts (coll of all animals) <BR> 1b) cattle, livestock (of domestic animals)<BR> 1c) wild beasts 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bə·hê·māh
         the animals 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         - 
    
 
        
            הָהֵ֑מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָהֵ֑מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·hêm·māh
                
                
                     in those 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·hêm·māh
         in those 
    
 
        
            בַּמַּחֲנ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמַּחֲנ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·ma·ḥă·nō·wṯ
                
                
                     camps . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·ma·ḥă·nō·wṯ
         camps . 
    
 
        
            כַּמַּגֵּפָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּמַּגֵּפָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kam·mag·gê·p̄āh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blow, slaughter, plague, pestilence, strike, smite <BR> 1a) blow (fatal stroke) <BR> 1b) slaughter (of battle) <BR> 1c) plague, pestilence (divine judgment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kam·mag·gê·p̄āh
         - 
    
 
        
            הַזֹּֽאת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֹּֽאת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zōṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zōṯ
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then all the survivors from the nations that came against Jerusalem will go up year after year to worship the King, the LORD of Hosts, and to celebrate the Feast of Tabernacles.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     Then all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         Then all 
    
 
        
            הַנּוֹתָר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯār
                
                
                     the survivors 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯār
         the survivors 
    
 
        
            מִכָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִכָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mik·kāl
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mik·kāl
         from 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         the nations 
    
 
        
            הַבָּאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·’îm
                
                
                     that came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·’îm
         that came 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            יְרֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            וְעָל֞וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָל֞וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·lū
                
                
                     will go up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·lū
         will go up 
    
 
        
            מִדֵּ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִדֵּ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mid·dê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1767 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sufficiency, enough <BR> 1a) enough <BR> 1b) for, according to the abundance of, out of the abundance of, as often as 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mid·dê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שָׁנָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nāh
                
                
                     year 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nāh
         year 
    
 
        
            בְשָׁנָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְשָׁנָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·šā·nāh
                
                
                     after year 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·šā·nāh
         after year 
    
 
        
            לְהִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֺת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֺת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hiš·ta·ḥă·wōṯ
                
                
                     to worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hitpael - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7812 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bow down <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bow down <BR> 1b)(Hiphil) to depress (fig) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to bow down, prostrate oneself <BR> 1c1a) before superior in homage <BR> 1c1b) before God in worship <BR> 1c1c) before false gods <BR> 1c1d) before angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hiš·ta·ḥă·wōṯ
         to worship 
    
 
        
            לְמֶ֙לֶךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶ֙לֶךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me·leḵ
                
                
                     the King , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me·leḵ
         the King , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            צְבָא֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָא֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā·’ō·wṯ
                
                
                     of Hosts , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā·’ō·wṯ
         of Hosts , 
    
 
        
            וְלָחֹ֖ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָחֹ֖ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·ḥōḡ
                
                
                     and to celebrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2287 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hold a feast, hold a festival, make pilgrimage, keep a pilgrim-feast, celebrate, dance, stagger <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to keep a pilgrim-feast <BR> 1a2) to reel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·ḥōḡ
         and to celebrate 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חַ֥ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַ֥ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḡ
                
                
                     the Feast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2282 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) festival, feast, festival-gathering, pilgrim-feast <BR> 1a) feast<BR> 1b) festival sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḡ
         the Feast 
    
 
        
            הַסֻּכּֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסֻּכּֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·suk·kō·wṯ
                
                
                     of Tabernacles . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5521 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thicket, covert, booth <BR> 1a) thicket <BR> 1b) booth (rude or temporary shelter) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·suk·kō·wṯ
         of Tabernacles . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And should any of the families of the earth not go up to Jerusalem to worship the King, the LORD of Hosts, then the rain will not fall on them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְ֠הָיָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠הָיָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     And should 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         And should 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         any 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     of the families 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·pə·ḥō·wṯ
         of the families 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the earth 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         not 
    
 
        
            יַעֲלֶ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעֲלֶ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·leh
                
                
                     go up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·leh
         go up 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            לְהִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֺ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֺ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hiš·ta·ḥă·wōṯ
                
                
                     to worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hitpael - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7812 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bow down <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bow down <BR> 1b)(Hiphil) to depress (fig) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to bow down, prostrate oneself <BR> 1c1a) before superior in homage <BR> 1c1b) before God in worship <BR> 1c1c) before false gods <BR> 1c1d) before angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hiš·ta·ḥă·wōṯ
         to worship 
    
 
        
            לְמֶ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me·leḵ
                
                
                     the King , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me·leḵ
         the King , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            צְבָא֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָא֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā·’ō·wṯ
                
                
                     of Hosts , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā·’ō·wṯ
         of Hosts , 
    
 
        
            הַגָּֽשֶׁם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגָּֽשֶׁם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gā·šem
                
                
                     then the rain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1653 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rain, shower 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gā·šem
         then the rain 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         will not 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     fall 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         fall 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     on them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         on them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And if the people of Egypt will not go up and enter in, then the rain will not fall on them; this will be the plague with which the LORD strikes the nations who do not go up to celebrate the Feast of Tabernacles.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’im-
                
                
                     And if 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’im-
         And if 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁפַּ֨חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁפַּ֨חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·pa·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·pa·ḥaṯ
         the people 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֧יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֧יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         will not 
    
 
        
            תַעֲלֶ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַעֲלֶ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯa·‘ă·leh
                
                
                     go up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯa·‘ă·leh
         go up 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         and 
    
 
        
            בָאָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָאָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·’āh
                
                
                     enter in , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·’āh
         enter in , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     [then the rain] will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         [then the rain] will not 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     fall on them ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         fall on them ; 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·yeh
                
                
                     this will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·yeh
         this will be 
    
 
        
            הַמַּגֵּפָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּגֵּפָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mag·gê·p̄āh
                
                
                     the plague 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blow, slaughter, plague, pestilence, strike, smite <BR> 1a) blow (fatal stroke) <BR> 1b) slaughter (of battle) <BR> 1c) plague, pestilence (divine judgment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mag·gê·p̄āh
         the plague 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     with which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         with which 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יִגֹּ֤ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִגֹּ֤ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yig·gōp̄
                
                
                     strikes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5062 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite <BR> 1a) (Qal) to strike, smite <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stricken, be smitten <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to stumble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yig·gōp̄
         strikes 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         the nations 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         do not 
    
 
        
            יַֽעֲל֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַֽעֲל֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·lū
                
                
                     go up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·lū
         go up 
    
 
        
            לָחֹ֖ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָחֹ֖ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḥōḡ
                
                
                     to celebrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2287 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hold a feast, hold a festival, make pilgrimage, keep a pilgrim-feast, celebrate, dance, stagger <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to keep a pilgrim-feast <BR> 1a2) to reel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḥōḡ
         to celebrate 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חַ֥ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַ֥ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḡ
                
                
                     the Feast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2282 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) festival, feast, festival-gathering, pilgrim-feast <BR> 1a) feast<BR> 1b) festival sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḡ
         the Feast 
    
 
        
            הַסֻּכּֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסֻּכּֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·suk·kō·wṯ
                
                
                     of Tabernacles . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5521 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thicket, covert, booth <BR> 1a) thicket <BR> 1b) booth (rude or temporary shelter) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·suk·kō·wṯ
         of Tabernacles . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This will be the punishment of Egypt and of all the nations that do not go up to celebrate the Feast of Tabernacles.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            זֹ֥את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹ֥את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zōṯ
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zōṯ
         This 
    
 
        
            תִּהְיֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּהְיֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·yeh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·yeh
         will be 
    
 
        
            חַטַּ֣את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַטַּ֣את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaṭ·ṭaṯ
                
                
                     the punishment 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sin, sinful<BR> 2) sin, sin offering <BR> 2a) sin <BR> 2b) condition of sin, guilt of sin <BR> 2c) punishment for sin <BR> 2d) sin-offering <BR> 2e) purification from sins of ceremonial uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaṭ·ṭaṯ
         the punishment 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            וְחַטַּאת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַטַּאת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥaṭ·ṭaṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sin, sinful<BR> 2) sin, sin offering <BR> 2a) sin <BR> 2b) condition of sin, guilt of sin <BR> 2c) punishment for sin <BR> 2d) sin-offering <BR> 2e) purification from sins of ceremonial uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥaṭ·ṭaṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and of all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and of all 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         the nations 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         do not 
    
 
        
            יַֽעֲל֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַֽעֲל֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·lū
                
                
                     go up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·lū
         go up 
    
 
        
            לָחֹ֖ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָחֹ֖ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḥōḡ
                
                
                     to celebrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2287 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hold a feast, hold a festival, make pilgrimage, keep a pilgrim-feast, celebrate, dance, stagger <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to keep a pilgrim-feast <BR> 1a2) to reel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḥōḡ
         to celebrate 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חַ֥ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַ֥ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḡ
                
                
                     the Feast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2282 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) festival, feast, festival-gathering, pilgrim-feast <BR> 1a) feast<BR> 1b) festival sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḡ
         the Feast 
    
 
        
            הַסֻּכּֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסֻּכּֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·suk·kō·wṯ
                
                
                     of Tabernacles . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5521 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thicket, covert, booth <BR> 1a) thicket <BR> 1b) booth (rude or temporary shelter) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·suk·kō·wṯ
         of Tabernacles . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On that day, HOLY TO THE LORD will be inscribed on the bells of the horses, and the cooking pots in the house of the LORD will be like the sprinkling bowls before the altar.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַה֗וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֗וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     On that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         On that 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day , 
    
 
        
            קֹ֖דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹ֖דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     HOLY 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·ḏeš
         HOLY 
    
 
        
            לַֽיהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽיהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     TO THE LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         TO THE LORD 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     will be [inscribed] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         will be [inscribed] 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            מְצִלּ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְצִלּ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ṣil·lō·wṯ
                
                
                     the bells 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4698 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ṣil·lō·wṯ
         the bells 
    
 
        
            הַסּ֔וּס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסּ֔וּס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·sūs
                
                
                     of the horses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) swallow, swift <BR> 2) horse <BR> 2a) chariot horses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·sūs
         of the horses , 
    
 
        
            הַסִּירוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסִּירוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·sî·rō·wṯ
                
                
                     and the cooking pots 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pot <BR> 1a) pot (household utensil) <BR> 1b) pot (of temple) <BR> 2) thorn, hook, brier <BR> 2a) thorns <BR> 2b) hooks 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·sî·rō·wṯ
         and the cooking pots 
    
 
        
            בְּבֵ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֵ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     in the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇêṯ
         in the house 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         will be 
    
 
        
            כַּמִּזְרָקִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּמִּזְרָקִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kam·miz·rā·qîm
                
                
                     like the sprinkling bowls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4219 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bowl, basin <BR> 1a) bowl (for wine) <BR> 1b) basin (vessel for throwing or tossing a liquid) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kam·miz·rā·qîm
         like the sprinkling bowls 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     the altar . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         the altar . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Indeed, every pot in Jerusalem and Judah will be holy to the LORD of Hosts, and all who sacrifice will come and take some pots and cook in them. And on that day there will no longer be a Canaanite in the house of the LORD of Hosts.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     Indeed, every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         Indeed, every 
    
 
        
            סִ֨יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִ֨יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sîr
                
                
                     pot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pot <BR> 1a) pot (household utensil) <BR> 1b) pot (of temple) <BR> 2) thorn, hook, brier <BR> 2a) thorns <BR> 2b) hooks 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sîr
         pot 
    
 
        
            בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     in Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî·rū·šā·lim
         in Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            וּבִֽיהוּדָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִֽיהוּדָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇî·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     and Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇî·hū·ḏāh
         and Judah 
    
 
        
            וְ֠הָיָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠הָיָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         will be 
    
 
        
            קֹ֚דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹ֚דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·ḏeš
         holy 
    
 
        
            לַיהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     to the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         to the LORD 
    
 
        
            צְבָא֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָא֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā·’ō·wṯ
                
                
                     of Hosts , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā·’ō·wṯ
         of Hosts , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and all 
    
 
        
            הַזֹּ֣בְחִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֹּ֣בְחִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zō·ḇə·ḥîm
                
                
                     who sacrifice 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slaughter, kill, sacrifice, slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a2) to slaughter for eating <BR> 1a3) to slaughter in divine judgment <BR> 1b) (Piel) to sacrifice, offer sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zō·ḇə·ḥîm
         who sacrifice 
    
 
        
            וּבָ֙אוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָ֙אוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·’ū
                
                
                     will come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·’ū
         will come 
    
 
        
            וְלָקְח֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקְח֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qə·ḥū
                
                
                     and take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qə·ḥū
         and take 
    
 
        
            מֵהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·hem
                
                
                     some [pots] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·hem
         some [pots] 
    
 
        
            וּבִשְּׁל֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִשְּׁל֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇiš·šə·lū
                
                
                     and cook 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to boil, cook, bake, roast, ripen, grow ripe <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to boil, cook <BR> 1a2) to grow ripe, ripen<BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to boil <BR> 1b2) to cook <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be boiled <BR> 1c2) to be sodden <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to ripen <BR> 1d2) ripen, brought to ripeness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇiš·šə·lū
         and cook 
    
 
        
            בָהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·hem
                
                
                     in them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·hem
         in them . 
    
 
        
            הַהֽוּא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַהֽוּא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     And on that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         And on that 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     there will no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         there will no 
    
 
        
            ע֛וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֛וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     longer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         longer 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         be 
    
 
        
            כְנַעֲנִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְנַעֲנִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·na·‘ă·nî
                
                
                     a Canaanite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaanite = see Cana |zealous| <BR> adj <BR> 1) descendant of inhabitant of Canaan<BR> n <BR> 2) descendant or inhabitant of Canaan <BR> 3) a merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·na·‘ă·nî
         a Canaanite 
    
 
        
            בְּבֵית־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֵית־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇêṯ-
                
                
                     in the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇêṯ-
         in the house 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            צְבָא֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָא֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā·’ō·wṯ
                
                
                     of Hosts . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā·’ō·wṯ
         of Hosts .